<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Brian</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Brian"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Brian"/>
	<updated>2026-08-17T02:37:43Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J5.x:Setting_Up_Your_Local_Environment&amp;diff=1020511</id>
		<title>J5.x:Setting Up Your Local Environment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J5.x:Setting_Up_Your_Local_Environment&amp;diff=1020511"/>
		<updated>2024-01-21T09:18:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: Copied from j4 page and tweaked&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Top portal heading|color=white-bkgd|icon=magic|icon-color=#5091cd|size=3x|text-color=#333|title=&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tutorial&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How to Setup a Local Environment for Joomla 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Joomla version|version=5.x}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt; Since Joomla! 4 we have changed the development process. It is no longer possible to clone the repository and have a usable Joomla installation. We follow best practices and implement a build process for the CMS.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Quick Start Guide == &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; The steps to setup your development environment depend on your operating system. We cannot write documentation for every operating system (OS), please use your favourite search engine to find a HowTo.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tools You Need === &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; PHP - basically the same as you need for running a Joomla site, but you need the PHP CLI (command line interface) version. (See the [[S:MyLanguage/Configuring_a_LAMPP_server_for_PHP_development|Configuring a LAMPP server for PHP development]] page.)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; Composer - for managing Joomla&#039;s PHP dependencies. For help installing Composer, read the documentation at https://getcomposer.org/doc/00-intro.md.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; Node.js - for compiling Joomla&#039;s JavaScript and SASS files. For help installing Node.js, please follow the instructions available on https://nodejs.org/en/. Note, you will need NodeJS 12 or higher to install Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; Git - for version management.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Steps to Set up the Local Environment === &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; Clone the repository&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; Checkout the branch of the latest release.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; Run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;composer install&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; from the root of the git repo. (You can add &#039;&#039;--ignore-platform-reqs&#039;&#039; if you don&#039;t have the PHP-LDAP locally installed, and you don&#039;t need it.)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; Run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;npm ci&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; from the root of the git repo. (Note, you need npm 10.1.0 or higher for this. Run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;npm install -g npm@lts&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to upgrade your version of npm to the LTS version.)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Linux and OSX users can set up the following bash alias by placing the following inside the &#039;&#039;~/.bashrc file&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
alias jclean=&amp;quot;rm -rf administrator/templates/atum/css; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf templates/cassiopeia/css; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf administrator/templates/system/css; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf templates/system/css; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf media/; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf node_modules/; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf libraries/vendor/; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -f administrator/cache/autoload_psr4.php; \&lt;br /&gt;
rm -rf installation/template/css&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
alias jinstall=&amp;quot;jclean; composer install; npm ci&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; This will delete all the compiled files in your system and run a fresh install as one command by calling &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;jinstall&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; inside your Joomla install.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Bit Longer Start Guide == &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; Joomla is similar to many other web tools these days. It has a large PHP part and it has more and more JavaScript code. While PHP coding doesn&#039;t need so much preparation, JavaScript needs a lot of tooling around. The main reason is that nobody writes code in a way that every browser understands, so the code needs transpiling from e.g. ES6 to a compatible version of JavaScript. The same is true for CSS. For Joomla we are using SASS and this will be converted to native CSS so that any browser understands it. On the downside, setting up a development environment is a bit more complicated but the tooling makes coding more convenient. Thanks to watchers and browser auto reload, you can see your changes in real time.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PHP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; It should be enough to run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;composer install&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; as this will install PHP dependencies saved in the &#039;&#039;composer.lock&#039;&#039; file. You can do this as many times as you like. It will only install new packages when the &#039;&#039;composer.lock&#039;&#039; file is changed. Don&#039;t run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;composer update&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; as this will update all packages to newer versions and update the &#039;&#039;composer.lock&#039;&#039; file.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You may need to run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;composer install&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; with the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;--ignore-platform-reqs&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; option to ignore platform requirements specified in Composer. That is, if you do not have PHP&#039;s LDAP extension installed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Node/npm Scripts === &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; Node.js comes with a package manager called NPM (in some ways the same as Composer). NPM has a &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;run&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; command and we have prepared some scripts to make your life easier. You have to run the commands for the root of the repository when you have changed JS or SASS files. Previously you needed to run &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;npm ci&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; once, to install dependencies.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==== npm run build:css ==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It will compile SASS files to CSS and also create the minified files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== npm run build:js ==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It will compile and transpile the JavaScript files to the correct format and create minified files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== npm run watch ==== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same as the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;build:js&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; command but will watch for changes and automatically build updated files in the media directory. SASS files are not included yet.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;==== npm run lint:js ==== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This will perform a syntax check on all ES6 JavaScript files against the JavaScript code standard (for more information on the Joomla codestyle standard please read the the coding standards manual at [https://developer.joomla.org/coding-standards/introduction.html| the coding standards manual].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== npm run test ==== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; This will run a JavaScript testing suite.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Possible Issues== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; When running composer install you can run into these errors&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Problem 1&lt;br /&gt;
    - Installation request for joomla/ldap 2.0.0-beta -&amp;gt; satisfiable by joomla/ldap[2.0.0-beta].&lt;br /&gt;
    - joomla/ldap 2.0.0-beta requires ext-ldap * -&amp;gt; the requested PHP extension ldap is missing from your system.&lt;br /&gt;
Problem 2&lt;br /&gt;
    - Installation request for symfony/ldap v5.1.5 -&amp;gt; satisfiable by symfony/ldap[v5.1.5].&lt;br /&gt;
    - symfony/ldap v5.1.5 requires ext-ldap * -&amp;gt; the requested PHP extension ldap is missing from your system.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; The solution is to run the composer install with the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;--ignore-platform-reqs&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; option to ignore platform requirements specified in Composer. That is, if you do not have PHP&#039;s LDAP extension installed. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;composer install --ignore-platform-reqs&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; If you receive a login error such as shown below, delete the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;administrator/cache/autoload_psr4.php&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; file.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Install-error.png|border|center|400px|Login After Install Error]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Development{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Joomla! 5.x{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Media_Manager_opens_with_error&amp;diff=1001059</id>
		<title>J4.x:Media Manager opens with error</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Media_Manager_opens_with_error&amp;diff=1001059"/>
		<updated>2023-04-18T17:57:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;!-- Start with an intro below this line --&amp;gt;  ==Errors reported== &amp;lt;!-- Fill errors below --&amp;gt; Error Property &amp;#039;mime_type&amp;#039; of argument &amp;#039;item&amp;#039; of event onFetchMediaItems has a wro...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Start with an intro below this line --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Errors reported== &amp;lt;!-- Fill errors below --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error Property &#039;mime_type&#039; of argument &#039;item&#039; of event onFetchMediaItems has a wrong item. Valid: string&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Versions affected== &amp;lt;!--refers to and other information below --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{tip|This pertains only to Joomla! version(s): &#039;&#039;&#039;4.3.0&#039;&#039;&#039;|title=General Information}} &amp;lt;!-- add the version(s) you need --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is the cause== &amp;lt;!-- Cause if known --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is caused by your server missing the php module fileinfo&lt;br /&gt;
==How to fix== &amp;lt;!-- How to fix it if known --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Request that your hosting provider enables the fileinfo module in php&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Change if needed --&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Missing_XML_Library&amp;diff=999502</id>
		<title>J4.x:Missing XML Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=J4.x:Missing_XML_Library&amp;diff=999502"/>
		<updated>2023-02-26T09:30:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: just creating a page to resolve https://github.com/joomla/joomla-cms/issues/39234&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Joomla will not run unless the PHP installation on your web server has the XML library. This is usually something that you will need to ask your hosting provider to correct.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927830</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Notes: New or Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927830"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:49:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. For example, user notes can contain comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you can create a new user note or edit an existing user note. The &#039;editor&#039; will be the chosen &#039;editor&#039; for the user editing the note. Examples: TinyMCE, JCE or Codemirror&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,User Notes}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; from the Toolbar to create a new note. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a link from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Subjects&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Or Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Search for a user by Username or Email. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select {{rarr|Add a Note}} to create a new note. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Notes List&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down list, only shown if notes exist for this user. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Display Note&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down list to show notes in a popup window.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Screenshot == &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-notes-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject:&#039;&#039;&#039; The subject line for the note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user for the note. You can select an existing user&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Uncategorised&#039;&#039;). The category that this item is assigned to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Published&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Unpublished&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Archived&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Trashed&#039;&#039;). Set publication status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Review Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; Review date is a manually entered date you can use as fits in your workflow. Examples would be to put in a date that you want to review a user or the last date you reviewed the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Version Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an optional note for this version of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the user note and stays in the current screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the user note and closes the current screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the user note and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another user note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current user note.  Does not affect the current user note.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new user note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Versions:&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Item Version History window to show any prior versions of this item. This allows you to view older versions of this item and, if desired, restore from an older version. See [[Help40:Components_Version_History/en|Version History]] for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:TinyMCE/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
TinyMCE - the default WYSIWYG Editor&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit_Category/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes: New or Edit Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes:_Categories/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes: Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes&amp;diff=927829</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes&amp;diff=927829"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:49:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. For example, user notes can contain comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users, etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The User Notes screen presents a list of existing notes. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,User Notes}} from the Administrator menu. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Or Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Users Dashboard Icon&#039;&#039;&#039; from the Administrator menu. Then ...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;User Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; from the Miscellaneous panel.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-users-user-notes-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the user notes assigned to users registered on your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Published/Unpublished/Archived/Trashed) The published status of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject&#039;&#039;&#039;. The subject of the user note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Review date&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date when the user note was created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filter_bar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired status (Published, Unpublished, Archived, Trashed or All) to limit the list based on note status. Select &amp;quot;- Select State -&amp;quot; to list all notes regardless of its status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select a &amp;quot;Category&amp;quot; to list only notes in the category. Select &amp;quot;- Select Category -&amp;quot; to list all notes in any &amp;quot;Category&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Max Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the maximum deep of the levels in a category to list notes. Select &amp;quot;- Select Max Levels -&amp;quot; to list all notes with any level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user note}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes not available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the subject to edit the user note properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes: New or Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit_Category/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes: New or Edit Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:User_Notes:_Categories/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Notes: Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users: Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Actions_Log&amp;diff=927828</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Actions Log</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Actions_Log&amp;diff=927828"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:49:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; The User Actions Log provides a global overview of selected Administrator activities on your site. From this screen you may Select, Export, Delete or Purge entries. The Events to log are set via the Options button in the Toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Users,User Actions Log}} from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-user-actions-log-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; Click on the title of a column header to sort by that column. The purpose of each column is as follows:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Action.&#039;&#039;&#039; The action performed by the user on your site (who did what)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions.&#039;&#039;&#039; The extension used to perform this action&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date and time when the action was performed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; Name of the user who performed the action&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;IP Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; The IP Address of the user who performed the action. &#039;&#039;Note: This column is displayed only when the option &#039;&#039;&#039;IP logging&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; in the component options&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a unique identification number for this action assigned automatically by Joomla. It is used to identify the item internally, and you cannot change this number.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Extension&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired extension to limit the list based on a specific extension&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired timeframe to limit the list based on this timeframe (from &#039;&#039;Today&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;In the last year&#039;&#039;)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Select User&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired name to limit the list based on the actions on a specific user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Selected as CSV.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows you to export as CSV the User Action Logs you have selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Export All as CSV.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows you to export as CSV all the User Action Logs.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes one or more selected records.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Purge.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows you to delete all User Action Logs at once.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; [[J3.x:User_Action_Logs/en|Joomla 3 Tutorial: User Action Logs]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Customise_Source&amp;diff=927827</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Templates: Customise Source</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Customise_Source&amp;diff=927827"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:49:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This screen is where the source code of template files is edited. It provides a plain text interface to edit the template files. HTML and PHP programming syntax is highlighted to make the source code files easier to read.&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Site Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Administrator Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
**Select a template name from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Templates&#039;&#039;&#039; column. Then...&lt;br /&gt;
***Select a file to edit from the Editor tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Templates-Edit-Source-screen-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_form_fields_TemplatesEditSource/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the page you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Toolbar icons change with the action being taken. You may see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save.&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; Copies the current template. A dialog box prompts for a new name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Preview.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to open the Site in a new browser tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Folders.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows creation and deletion of template folders using a dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows upload of a file from your computer to the template file hierarchy using a dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Rename File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select a file to edit. Select the Rename button to prompt for a new name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete File.&#039;&#039;&#039; You will be prompted to Confirm or Cancel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Closes the open file and returns to the Editor Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Toolbar icons change with the action being taken. Some of the above are absent on some screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Important: Do not delete the default template files using FTP because it generates an error in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* Before editing the HTML and the CSS file of the template, it is a good idea to make a backup of the file you are editing. Also, you can edit these files outside of Joomla! using the HTML or CSS editor of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install templates: [[Help40:Extensions:_Install/en|Extension Manager: Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Template Manager Help Screens|Styles Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Customise&amp;diff=927826</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Templates: Customise</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Customise&amp;diff=927826"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you edit a template&#039;s source code. You can edit the template&#039;s master files and stylesheets from this screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Site Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Administrator Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Select a template name from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Templates&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator and Site Templates screens use the same layout. The Site Template screen is illustrated here.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Templates-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen form fields TemplatesEditSource/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the Toolbar buttons change when a file is selected for editing.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===No file selected=== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to make a complete new copy of the template. You will be prompted for a new template name. There is also an opportunity to Close without creating a new template. To remove the new template: go to Extensions -&amp;gt; Manage, check the template check box and select Uninstall in the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Preview.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to open the Site default view using this template.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Folders.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to create a new folder within the template hierarchy. A popup window appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Templates-Edit-new-folder-dialog-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New File.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to create a new file or to upload a file from your computer to your Joomla! template hierarchy. A popup window appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Templates-Edit-upload-file-dialog-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File selected=== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_RenameFile/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_DeleteFile/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_CloseFile/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Before editing the HTML and the CSS file of the template, it is a good idea to make a backup of the file you are editing. Also, you can edit these files outside of Joomla! using the HTML or CSS editor of your choice.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To install templates: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Extensions:_Install/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; Extension Manager: Install&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Template Manager Help Screens|Styles Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Edit_Style&amp;diff=927825</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Templates: Edit Style</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Edit_Style&amp;diff=927825"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you edit template styles. When a template is first installed, a default style is created for it. The default style for the template will have the same name as the template with a &#039;&#039;- Default&#039;&#039; suffix. To make a different variation of the default template style, check the default style&#039;s checkbox and press the &#039;&#039;Duplicate&#039;&#039; icon in the toolbar. Then edit the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Site Templates Styles}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Administrator Templates Styles}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the name of the Template Style to edit in the Style column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Styles-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the style. This is the name that will display in the Style column of the &#039;&#039;Template: Styles&#039;&#039; screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template, Site or Administrator indicator and a brief description.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default for the location.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template the style is derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section may not be present for all styles. If a template from which a style is derived from has configurable options they will be present here. It is these additional configurable options which allow you to have multiple different styles of templates with variations of these options. The options available will vary based on what options the template developer made available.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Atum Colour Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; The default Administrator template allows you to experiment with colour variations. Save and see!&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Atum Image Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You may select an image to replace the &#039;&#039;&#039;Login Logo&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Administrator login form, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand Logo&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Administrator Title bar in expanded mode and in compacted mode. The defaults are the Joomla Brand logos. In the Title Bar, the word Joomla! is present in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand Large&#039;&#039;&#039; version and omitted in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand Small&#039;&#039;&#039; version. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Toggle Menu&#039;&#039;&#039; to see the change.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you provide your own Brand Small you also need to provide a width style override. To do so, create a user.css file in the template root and insert the following, but replace 3rem with a suitable width for your image:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    .header .logo.small {&lt;br /&gt;
        width: 3rem;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Assignment Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains all the menu items configured in your Joomla! website. To apply the current style to a menu item&#039;s corresponding web page, check the box next to the menu item. You can press the &#039;&#039;Toggle Selection&#039;&#039; button to invert the menu item selections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: If a checkbox is grayed out and cannot be checked then it could be because the menu item is in use by another user.  You can see if this is the case by going to the [[Help40:Menus:_Items/en|menu manager screen for the menu]] concerned.  If there is a padlock symbol next to the menu item then it is currently in use by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|template style}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|template style}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|template style}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|toolbar icon Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|toolbar icon Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To install templates: [[Help40:Extensions:_Install/en|Extension Manager: Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Template Manager Help Screens|Styles Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Styles&amp;diff=927824</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Templates: Styles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Styles&amp;diff=927824"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Template Styles screen is used to manage both Site and Administrator templates. Use it to set the default template for all pages or assign a specific template to an individual page.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Site Templates Styles}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Administrator Templates Styles}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Styles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the style. Select the link to edit the Style.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select to see a preview of the style if one is available. Has to be activated in &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; The icon indicates which template is the default for all pages. Select a greyed icon to change the default template style.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pages/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template. Select a link to edit the templates files. Do not edit Joomla default templates - your changes may be lost if there is an update.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Menu Item.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the drop-down list box to select pages to which the style has been assigned.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the drop-down list box to select a template from those available.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Default/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Duplicate/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Extension Management Help Screens|Extension Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Templates&amp;diff=927823</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Templates: Templates</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Templates:_Templates&amp;diff=927823"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Templates: Templates&#039;&#039;&#039; screen allows you to preview and edit templates which are installed in your Joomla! site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Site Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates Panel,Administrator Templates}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Administrator and Site Templates screens use the same layout. The Site Template screen is illustrated here.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Template-Manager-Templates-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; A thumbnail of the template appearance.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template. Select the linked name to edit a templates files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Version.&#039;&#039;&#039; The version number of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; The date the item was created by the developer.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author.&#039;&#039;&#039; The developer of the template.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Override Files.&#039;&#039;&#039; If the original template has not been updated since any overrides were created this column will display a green &#039;&#039;&#039;Up to date&#039;&#039;&#039; message. If the original template has been updated it will display a yellow &#039;&#039;&#039;Change found&#039;&#039;&#039; message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site or Administrator.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the template is a for Site or Administrator use.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit templates styles: [[Help40:Templates:_Styles/en|Template Manager: Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Template Manager Help Screens|Styles Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Tags:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927822</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Tags: New or Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Tags:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927822"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to add or edit tags which can be used to display content by tag name on your Joomla! website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Components,Tags}} in the Administrator menu. Then&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar to create a new Tag.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select a Tags&#039;s Title from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column of the list to edit an existing tag.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Tags-Tags-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Name of this item. This field is required.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tag Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; State the purpose of this tag.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Tag Details Sidebar=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Parent/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Note/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Version Note/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Options Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Tags-Tags-Edit-Options-Details-Tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Options Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Layout/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header CSS Class Tag Link/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Images Panels&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Teaser Image/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Float/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alt/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Caption/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Full Image/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Publishing Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Tags-Tags-Edit-Publishing-Options-Tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Created Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Enter Created By/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Enter Created By Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Modified Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Modified By/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Hits/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Description/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Keywords/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Author/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Robots/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Versions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Tags Manager Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Tags&amp;diff=927821</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Tags</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Tags&amp;diff=927821"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to view a list of existing Tags, edit current and create new Tags. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Components,Tags}} from the Administrator menu. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Tags-Manager-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing Tags, these are the different columns shown below. Click on the column heading on the Tags manager screen to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help31-Tags-Manager-columns-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Tagged Items.&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of items with this tag. Click the number to go to a list of items.&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Max Levels/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Tag Type/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Automatic Pagination=== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; tag&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Tags Manager Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=927820</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Viewing Access Levels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=927820"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of User Access Levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Users,Access Levels}} from the Administrator menu. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-users-user-manager-viewing-access-levels-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the Access Levels from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups Having Viewing Access&#039;&#039;&#039;. The groups that have viewing access.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the filter bar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the level&#039;s name and press the Search icon to find matching names. Press &#039;Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access levels}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you cannot delete an access level that is currently being used. If you try to delete an access level that is assigned, a message showing where it is assigned will be displayed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of an access level to edit it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level/en|Users: Edit Viewing Access Level]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Options/en|Users: Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users/en|Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=927819</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: New or Edit Group</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=927819"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! is installed with set of User Groups suitable for management of standard sites. The default groups should not be edited! New groups can be created for special purposes. For example, you may wish to create a group allowed access to one component only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Groups}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button from the Toolbar. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a link from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-group-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Group Details == &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a Title for the Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Parent:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Guest&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;/...). Choose a Parent for this Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user can take on the site. Actions include things like creating a new article, changing options for a component, or logging in. The site administrator assigns permissions for various actions to each group. Permissions for actions can be assigned at different levels in the component hierarchy (Global Configuration, component options, categories, and articles). If a user does not have permission for a given action, the user cannot perform that action.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups also control which objects a user can view on the site. Objects include categories, articles, modules, menu items, and others. When you create an access level, one or more user groups are assigned to it. Then, when you create an object (such as a menu item or module), the object is assigned an access level. If a user is a member of a group that is assigned to an access level, this user can view any object assigned to that access level. If not, then that user cannot view that object.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups can be arranged in a hierarchy. If so, then all child groups inherit the action permissions and access levels of a parent group. If used wisely, this feature can save a lot of time setting up your security system, since it means that you don&#039;t have to enter duplicate setup information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If a new group will have similar permissions to an existing group, you can save work by making the new group a child of the existing group. That way, you only need to change the permissions that are different for the new group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=927818</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=927818"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user may take on the site and which objects a user can view. This screen allows you to create, view, edit, and delete User Groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Groups}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-users-user-manager-user-groups-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039;&#039;. Link to The Advanced Permissions Report which maps out the exact permissions for any given user group across all assets on your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Tick) The number of enabled users in this group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. (X) The number of disabled users in this group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the search bar shown in the Screenshot above. The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Filter by Partial Group Name or Group ID. Enter part of the group&#039;s name and press the Search icon to find matching names. Press Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar shown in the Screenshot above.&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user groups}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you delete a group that has users assigned to it, those users will lose the permissions they had from that group. It is recommended to remove all users from a group before you delete the group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of a group to edit the group&#039;s properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group/en|Users: New or Edit Group]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Options/en|Users: Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users/en|Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|Users: Viewing Access Levels]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=927817</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Edit Viewing Access Level</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=927817"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Access levels control which users can view which objects on your site. Objects include menu items, modules, categories, and component items (articles, contacts, and so on). Each object in the site is assigned to one access level. User groups are also assigned to each access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is a member of a group that in turn has permission for an access level, then that user can view all objects assigned to that access level. It is important to understand that user groups can be arranged in a parent-child hierarchy. If so, then a child group has access to all access levels that the parent group has access to. So you don&#039;t need to assign a child group access to levels that its parent group already has access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Access Levels}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a link from the &#039;&#039;&#039;Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing level. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the New button to create a new access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-viewing-access-level-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Level Details == &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Level Title:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a Title for this Access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups With Viewing Access&#039;&#039;&#039; Check any Group to have this Access Level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==User Groups With Viewing Access== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select a check box to add a user group to a viewing level. In the example shown all Groups are childs of Public so it not necessary to check any of the child groups. They inherit the Public access permissions.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This feature should only be used for custom groups!&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you add a new group, you may need to edit any access levels that this group should have access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|Users: Viewing Access Levels]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Users:_Groups/en|User Manager: User: Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|ACL Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=927816</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Edit Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=927816"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The User Edit screen is used to create a new user or edit an existing user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing user:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Search for the required user and select the name link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new user:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Users,Manage,Plus icon}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Users,Dashboard icon}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Plus&#039;&#039;&#039; icon from the Users panel.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Or... Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Site Panel,Users Plus icon}} starting from the Administrator menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Account Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter the name of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Login Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter the login name (Username) for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. Fill in a (new) password. Although this field is not required, the user will not be able to log in when no password is set.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. Fill in the password from the field above again, to verify it. This field is required when you filled in the New password field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter an email address for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Registration Date of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Visit Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Date the user visited the site last time.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Reset Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Date and time of last password reset.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Password Reset Count&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of password resets since starting the last reset time.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Receive System Emails&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the user will receive system emails.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Blocked&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Enabled&#039;&#039;) Enable or block this user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Require Password Reset&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the user will have to reset their password the next time they log into the site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID&#039;&#039;&#039;. Record number in the database.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assigned User Groups=== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-assigned-user-groups-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings=== &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-add-new-user-basic-settings-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backend Template Style&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Hathor - Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;isis - Default&#039;&#039;) Select the template style for the Administrator Backend interface. This will only affect this User.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backend Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (United Kingdom)&#039;&#039;) Select the Language for the Administrator Backend interface. This will only affect this User.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Frontend Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (United Kingdom)&#039;&#039;) Select the Language for the frontend interface. This will only affect this User.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - CodeMirror&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - None&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - TinyMCE&#039;&#039;) Editor for this user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- *&#039;&#039;&#039;Help Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;English (GB) - Joomla help wiki&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Français (FR) - Aide de Joomla!&#039;&#039;) Help site for this user. --&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Time Zone&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Use Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Abidjan&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Accra&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Addis Ababa&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Algiers&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Asmara&#039;&#039;/...) Time zone for this user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessibility Settings === &amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-super-user-accessibility-settings-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Monochrome&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;High Contrast&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Highlight Links&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Increase Font Size&#039;&#039;&#039;. Yes/No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== User Actions Log Options &#039;&#039;(tab available for Super Users only)&#039;&#039;=== &amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-users-user-manager-super-user-actionslog-settings-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Send notifications for User Actions Log&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes/No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the User will receive user actions log notification by email&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select events to be notified for&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the user actions log notifications to be sent by email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name, Login Name, and Email are required.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you did not fill in a particular language, editor, help site and/or time zone, the default settings from the Global Configuration, Language Manager and/or Template Manager are set.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users/en|Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users:_Groups/en|Users: Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users&amp;diff=927815</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users&amp;diff=927815"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:48:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of users with information about each individual.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:107--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Site panel,Users}}.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-users-user-manager-users-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column. You can sort the results by clicking on the title of a header.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add a Note&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create a Note for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display x note(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Note(s) for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The full name of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name the user will log in as.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled&#039;&#039;&#039;. Whether or not the user is enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Activated&#039;&#039;&#039;. Whether or not the user is activated. Normally when a user registers from the front end, some type of activation is required. This is controlled by the New User Account Activation parameter in the Users Configuration → Component screen. See [[Help40:Components_Users_Configuration/en|Users Options - Component Settings]] for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;. The list of groups that the user belongs to. Note that a user may belong to more than one group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header E-mail/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Lastvisit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date the user was registered.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Activate-Block-Unblock-Delete-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:108--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Activate/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Block/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unblock/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The list filters are shown in the Screenshot above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial User Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Users&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the user&#039;s name and press the Search icon to find matching names. Press Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by User State, Active State, Group, Last Visit Date or Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired state (Enabled or Disabled) to limit the list based on state. Select &amp;quot;- State -&amp;quot; to list Enabled and Disabled users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Active State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select &amp;quot;Activated&amp;quot; to list only users that have been Activated. Select &amp;quot;Unactivated&amp;quot; to select only users who have not yet been activated. Select &amp;quot;- Active State -&amp;quot; to select both type of users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select a group from the list box to list only users who are members of that group. Select &amp;quot;- Group -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Vist Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select time frame from a list to show only users who visited in a selected time frame. Select &amp;quot;- Last Vist Date -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of last visited date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select time frame from a list to show only users who registered in a selected time frame. Select &amp;quot;- Registration Date -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of registration date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Process== &amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Batch Process allows a change in settings for a group of selected users. To use: click on the Batch button found on top of the table of users being viewed to activate the drop down field area.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-colheader-batch-process-users-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How to Batch Process&#039;&#039;&#039; a group of users:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select one or more users on the list by selecting the desired checkbox(es).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set one or more of the following values:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* To change the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Group&#039;&#039;&#039;, select the desired new User Group from the User Group list box.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Add To Group&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete From Group&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Set To Group&#039;&#039;&#039; to do the desired action.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Decide if a Password Reset is wanted.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# When all of the settings are entered, click on Process to perform the changes. A message &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Batch process completed successfully.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that nothing will happen if you don&#039;t have any users selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to clear your entered selections, click on the Clear button. This will return all of the Batch controls to their default values. Note that this does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; uncheck the check boxes for the users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of a user to edit the user&#039;s properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the icon in the Enabled column to toggle between Enabled and Disabled status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To understand user and group permissions, read: [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_related_Users/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Start_Here&amp;diff=927814</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Start Here</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Start_Here&amp;diff=927814"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:42:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: added Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Joomla version|version=4.x}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help with Joomla! 4== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For help with a specific administrator page, within the Joomla administrator interface you can select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button for further information about the page. It is located at the right of the Toolbar just beneath the Title bar. Example:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Start-Here-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A modal dialog will pop up in the middle of the screen containing Help information specific to that page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help Screen Version Notice== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These Help Screens are for Joomla! Version 4. Sometimes Joomla updates cause a Help screen to differ from the page it is supporting. There may be new or removed options or differences in functionality. Otherwise, all help screens will still function as expected. Remember, you should always &#039;&#039;&#039;update your Joomla! version&#039;&#039;&#039; as soon as possible to benefit from new features and/or security enhancements.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting started== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have only recently started working with Joomla you will probably have experienced the pain of learning a new system.  New terminology, new ways of doing things, perhaps even the web itself may be new to you.  Then let this guide relieve some of that pain.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started with Joomla!/en|Getting Started with Joomla! 4]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started: Site and Administrator templates/en|Getting Started: Site and Administrator templates]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started: Adding an Article/en|Getting Started: Adding an Article]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started: Adding a Menu Item/en|Getting Started: Adding a Menu Item]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started: Adding a Category/en|Getting Started: Adding a Category]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J4.x:Getting Started: Adding a Module/en|Getting Started: Adding a Module]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping your website secure== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:S:MyLanguage/Security Checklist/en|Joomla! Security Checklist]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further information by reader profile== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Portal:Administrators/en|Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Web designers/en|Web Designers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Portal:Developers/en|Developers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Evaluators/en|Evaluators]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Start here/en|more user profiles...]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.0{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help_screen_4.1{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help_screens{{#translation:}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Search_Filters&amp;diff=927813</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Smart Search: Search Filters</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Search_Filters&amp;diff=927813"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:42:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the search filters currently available for use in Smart Search. For example, you could define a filter to list Articles by a specific Author. You can then select that filter in a Menu item or Module to search for words or phrases only in Articlaes by that Author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,Smart Search,Filters}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Finder-Manage-Search-Filters-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the indexed content for your Joomla! site you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in each column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help38-Components-Smart-Search-Search-Filters-columns-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. The status of the search filter.  Published filters are shown with a green tick; unpublished filters by a red circle.  You can change the status of a search filter by clicking on the icon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title of the search filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the user who created the search filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created on&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The date on which the search filter was created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Map Count&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content maps included in the search filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The unique id associated with the search filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by published status&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Choose whether to show only published or unpublished search filters by selecting the appropriate item from the drop-down list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; search filter&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; search filter&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; search filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; search filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; search filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Statistics/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; search filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are new to Smart Search then you should read the [[Smart Search quickstart guide|Smart Search quickstart guide]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Help40:Smart_Search:_Search_Term_Analysis/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; Components Finder Manage Searches&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Smart Search|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_New_or_Edit_Filter&amp;diff=927812</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Smart Search: New or Edit Filter</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_New_or_Edit_Filter&amp;diff=927812"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to create a new search filter or amend an existing one.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Components,Smart Search,Filters}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; Toolbar button to create a new filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select a title link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Finder-Manage-Search-Filters-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Enter Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Edit Filter Tab== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Map Count/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Toggle_Selection/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Expand all.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Expand all button will open all the maps and show the items inside.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options Tab== &amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Finder-Manage-Search-Filters-subscreen-Options-tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publishing panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Date the item(Article, Category, Weblink, etc.) was created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Created By&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Name of the Joomla! User who created this item. This will default to the currently logged-in user. If you want to change this to a different user, click the Select User button to select a different user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias.&#039;&#039;&#039; This optional field allows you to enter an alias for the Author of the filter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modified Date:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(Informative only)&#039;&#039; Date of last modification.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modified By:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(Informative only)&#039;&#039; Username who performed the last modification.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Timeline panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;When (Start Date).&#039;&#039;&#039; When to search relative to the start date (before, after or exactly).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Start Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; Format YYYY-MM-DD.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;When (End Date).&#039;&#039;&#039; When to search relative to the end date (before, after or exactly).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;End Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; Format YYYY-MM-DD.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; search filter&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; search filter&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; search filter&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Search was introduced in Joomla 3.0 but is not enabled by default in that version.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are new to Smart Search then you should read the&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Smart Search quickstart guide|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; Smart Search quickstart guide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Smart Search|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Indexed_Content&amp;diff=927811</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Smart Search: Indexed Content</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Indexed_Content&amp;diff=927811"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of all the content items that have been indexed in Smart Search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the list is empty then&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that the Smart Search plug-in has been enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** To check if the Smart Search plug-in has been enabled:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select &#039;&#039;&#039;System&#039;&#039;&#039; from the Administrator menu and then &#039;&#039;&#039;Plugins&#039;&#039;&#039; from the Manage panel.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Select &amp;quot;content&amp;quot; from the Filter Options &#039;&#039;&#039;-Select Type-&#039;&#039;&#039; list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Find &amp;quot;Smart Search&amp;quot; in the list of plug-ins shown.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*** If there is a green tick in the Status column for Smart Search then the Smart Search plug-in has been enabled.  If there is red cross then the Smart Search plug-in is currently disabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** To enable the Smart Search plug-in:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*** Click on the red cross.  This should change to a green tick indicating that the Smart Search plug-in is now enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,Smart Search,Index}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Finder-Manage-Indexed-Content-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create an Index== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Index toolbar icon.  This will open a window to show the progress of the indexing operation.  The indexing operation may take some time depending on the number of content items on your site and the number of search words and phrases contained in each content item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; A progress bar will indicate how much of the indexing process has been completed so far.  Do not close this window until indexing has been completed.  On sites with a large amount of content this may take a long time (tens of minutes).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the indexed content for your Joomla! site you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in each column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help31-Components-Smart-Search-Manager-columns-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status-SmartSearch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title of the content item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of the content item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Updated&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The date on which the content item was last re-indexed.  Any change to the indexable fields of a content item will automatically cause that content item to be re-indexed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Details&#039;&#039;&#039;. The details of the content item (Published Start, Published End, Content Start, Content End).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Raw URL&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The raw (non-SEF) URL that will be used to retrieve the content item in search results.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by published status&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Choose whether to show only published or unpublished content items by selecting the appropriate item from the drop-down list.  The published state of the items in Smart Search is independent of their published state elsewhere.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by type of content&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the content item type from the drop-down list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Search Content Maps/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Index&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Runs the Smart Search indexer.  A small popup window will appear with a progress bar which advances as the indexing process works through the content on your site.  Do not close this popup window until the process is finished.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; On sites with a large amount of content this may take a long time (tens of minutes).  You should run the indexer after new content has been introduced to your website that the Smart Search function is not automatically aware of.  &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; For example, batch importing new content where the importer does not automatically trigger Smart Search to index each new content item.  &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; NOTE: The Smart Search indexer can also be run from the command-line interface (CLI) if required. See [[Setting up automatic Smart Search indexing|Setting up automatic Smart Search indexing]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish&#039;&#039;&#039;. Makes the selected items available to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected items unavailable to visitors to your website.&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Statistics/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; content items&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; Deleting a content item from Smart Search only deletes it from the index and does not affect the content item itself.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Clear Index&#039;&#039;&#039;. Purges the Smart Search index by emptying all index tables.  To continue using Smart Search you must click on the Index toolbar icon after purging. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; WARNING: Purging the index also empties the content filters.  You must manually re-enter the content filter settings after a Purge-Index cycle.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Options/en|Smart Search: Options]] for further details.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Search was introduced in Joomla 3.0 but is not enabled by default in that version.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are new to Smart Search then you should read the [[Smart Search quickstart guide|Smart Search quickstart guide]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you run the indexer and get an &amp;quot;undefined null&amp;quot; error, then check the permissions on the Joomla &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;/logs&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; directory.  The web server needs to have write permission to that directory for the indexer to work.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setting up automatic Smart Search indexing|Setting up automatic Smart Search indexing]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Smart Search|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Content_Maps&amp;diff=927810</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Smart Search: Content Maps</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Content_Maps&amp;diff=927810"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the content maps currently in the Smart Search index.  Content maps allow you to cross-reference your indexed content (articles, etc) to related meta information such as the category in which it resides.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; Each content item that is indexed by Smart Search is added to one or more content maps that can be used as filters when searching the index.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Content maps are split into two parts:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Map Group: These are super-containers for a particular type of information.  For example, a Map Group could be &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Category&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Event&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Language&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Author&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Content Map: Content maps are the actual values for the meta information in a particular Map Group.  The Content Maps are, for example, the names of the categories or authors.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These Map Groups and Content Maps are what make up the advanced search panel available on the front-end.  For each Map Group there can be a drop-down select list and the Content Maps are added as values to the respective list.  More advanced site builders can override the default layouts and use multi-select lists or checkboxes instead.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important to note that Map Groups and Content Maps from different content types are merged into the one list.  A Joomla article in a category called &amp;quot;News&amp;quot; and a news feed or contact in a category named the same are mapped to the same Content Map in the same Map Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; This is a little like tagging different types of content with the same label.  The effect is that your site visitor does not have to know how your content is classified in order to set the correct filters to find it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The content maps screen shows all the Map Groups within the Smart Search index together with a number indicating the number of Content Maps within that Map Group and the items within a Contrent Map.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; Clicking on a Map Groups number allows you to see the Content Map within that Map Group together with the number of content items that belong to that Content Map.  A content item can belong to multiple Content Maps within a Map Group as well as to multiple Map Groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,Smart Search,Content Maps}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Finder-ContentMaps-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the indexed content for your Joomla! site you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in each column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help31-Components-Smart-Search-Content-Maps-columns-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status-SmartSearch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The title of the Map Group or Content Map.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Maps&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of maps inside the Map Group. Selecting the number wil show the maps inside the Map Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Published Indexed Content&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of published content items in the Map Group. Selecting the number will show the published content items inside the Map Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublished Indexed Content&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of unpublished content items in the Map Group. Selecting the number will show the unpublished content items inside the Map Group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by published status.&#039;&#039;&#039;  Choose whether to show only published or unpublished maps by selecting the appropriate item from the drop-down list.  The published state of the maps in Smart Search is independent of their published state elsewhere.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Map Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the Map Group from the drop-down list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; **Authors&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt; **Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt; **Languages&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt; **Types&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Max Levels (Category Level).&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you show only items whose category is at or above the specified level in the category hierarchy.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt; **&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;- Select Max Levels -:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Show all items regardless of level of their assigned category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt; **&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;1:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Only show items whose category is at the top level in the category hierarchy (in other words, with categories whose parent category is &amp;quot;- No Parent -&amp;quot;.)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt; **&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;2-10:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Only show items whose category is in the top 2-10 levels in the category hierarchy.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; Map Groups or Content Maps&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; Map Groups or Content Maps&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; An unpublished Map Group will not be displayed as a select list in the front-end.  An unpublished Content Map will not appear in the select list for the Map Group in which it occurs.  Re-indexing does not change the published state of Map Groups or Content Maps.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Statistics/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; Map Groups or Content Maps&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; You can recover deleted Map Groups or Content Maps by running the Smart Search indexer again.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Help4.x:Smart_Search:_Options/en|Smart Search: Options]] for further details.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Search was introduced in Joomla 3.0 but is not enabled by default in that version.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are new to Smart Search then you should read the [[Smart Search quickstart guide|Smart Search Quickstart Guide]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Smart Search|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_System_Information&amp;diff=927809</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Site System Information</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_System_Information&amp;diff=927809"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page provides information about your host server environment, including operating system, database and PHP settings, and directory information.  There are five different tab panels: System Information, PHP Settings, Configuration File, Folder Permissions, and PHP Information. Each screen provides detailed information about that aspect of your Joomla! website. This information is very helpful when you are troubleshooting setup problems.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Note that none of these settings can be changed from these screens. This must be done in different locations throughout your Joomla! installation, depending on the specific setting.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Many settings in the Configuration File screen can be changed from the [[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]] screen.  Some settings shown here depend on your host server configuration and cannot be changed from inside Joomla!.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Information Panel,System Information}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-system-system-information-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*System Information&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP Settings&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Configuration File&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Folder Permissions&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*PHP Information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===System Information Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows information about the operating environment for your Joomla! site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Built on:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides details of the principle operating system which the webserver that Joomla is running on.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides the type of the database being used by the installation of Joomla.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Version:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides the current version of the MySQL database being used by the installation of Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Collation:&#039;&#039;&#039; How the MySQL database is structured for the information used by Joomla!.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Connection Collation:&#039;&#039;&#039; The character set and collation of the database.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Version:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides the current version of PHP server side script that is being used for this installation of Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Server:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides the current type and version of webserver which the installation of Joomla! is running on.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Server to PHP Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; The script that permits  interaction between the web server (in most cases, Apache) and the PHP scripting language.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Version:&#039;&#039;&#039; Provides the current version of Joomla!.  It is recommended that it is always up-to-date and using the current stable release.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Agent:&#039;&#039;&#039;The summary of the current user&#039;s local machine&#039;s operating system and browser information which is used to create an unique session ID for access and functionality within the Joomla! website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PHP Settings Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-system-php-settings-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the relevant PHP Settings information. If any of these is highlighted as incorrect should be taken care of to rectify the situation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Safe Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: OFF&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Open basedir:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: Site dependent&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Errors:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: OFF&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Short Open Tags:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: ON&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;File Uploads:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: ON&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Magic Quotes:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: OFF&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Register Globals:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: OFF&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Output Buffering:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: OFF&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Save Path:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: Site dependent&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Auto Start:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: 0&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;XML Enabled:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: YES&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Zlib Enabled:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: YES&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Native ZIP Enabled:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: YES&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled Functions:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: Site dependent&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Multibyte String (mbstring) Enabled:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: YES&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Iconv Available:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting: YES&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Input Variables:&#039;&#039;&#039; Recommended setting:  2500&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration File Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-system-configuration-file-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the contents of the current Joomla! &#039;&#039;configuration.php&#039;&#039; file which is stored under the main &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;path to joomla&amp;gt;/joomla_root/&#039;&#039;&#039; directory.  This file is created for you automatically when you first install Joomla! and where most changes of the Global Configuration section of Joomla! are recorded.  Please note that none of the settings can be changed from this page. Use [[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration/en|Global Configuration]] to see more information about these settings and to make changes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Folder Permissions Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-system-folder-permissions-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows a list of the directories that the webserver should have write access to.  Please note that all directories listed on this page should say &amp;lt;b style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Writable&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. If not, you may need to change the permissions to be able to install and use Joomla! successfully.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PHP Information Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-system-php-information-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays the full configuration of the PHP server side scripting language that Joomla! runs on, together with all the associated system information that goes towards the creation of the web server. It is the output of an integrated php.info script built into Joomla!.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PHP is installed, and runs on the server (hence the server side above), and therefore all the settings are made on the server. The visitor to the web site does not need to have anything special running on their local machine in order to view or use any of the extra functionality that PHP gives to the web site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All the settings that are ever likely to be needed are displayed here. Any changes that are required would be made within the &#039;&#039;php.ini&#039;&#039; and other configuration files on the web server.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How much control a web site owner has over this information depends on whether they own the server or if the server host is flexible in their customer approach.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is a good practice to know the limitations of a particular server installation. This screens output is used to find detailed information about how PHP is implemented on the server.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For full details on the information contained within the PHP Info screen visit: [http://php.net/phpinfo http://php.net/phpinfo].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Download as text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Downloads the System Information in a text file.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Download as JSON.&#039;&#039;&#039; Downloads the System Information in a JSON file.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are having problems installing extensions, uploading files, or changing configuration options, check the Directory Permissions screen to make sure you have permission to write to files on your web server. The &amp;quot;Status&amp;quot; of the directories should be &amp;quot;Writable&amp;quot;. If not, you may be unable to upload or edit files in these directories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*When you are seeking help with setup problems, for example in a Joomla! web forum, it is very helpful to post specific information about your Joomla! installation. This screen is an easy way to find all of this information in one place.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Site Maintenance Help Screens|System information}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=927808</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=927808"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla site with your personal settings.  Settings made in this screen apply to the whole site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Setup Panel,Global Configuration}} in the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-configuration-global-configuration-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|none|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the form field values are stored in the &#039;&#039;&#039;configuration.php&#039;&#039;&#039; file in the root of your site. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Site Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Part of the Site Tab is illustrated in the Screenshot. There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_Site/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Panel==== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the name of your Web site. This will be used in various locations (e.g. the backend browser title bar and &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Site Offline&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; pages).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select whether access to the Site frontend is available. If Yes, the frontend will display or not a message depending on the settings below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Hide&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Use Custom Message&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Use Site Language Default Message&#039;&#039;). Display or not a frontend message when the site is offline. The custom offline message uses the value defined in the &#039;Custom message&#039; field. The language offline message uses the value defined in the site language ini file.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Message:&#039;&#039;&#039; The custom offline message will be used if the &#039;Offline Message&#039; field is set to &#039;Use Custom Message&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Image:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select or upload an optional image to be displayed on the default offline page. Make sure the image is less than 400px wide.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Frontend Editing:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Modules &amp;amp; Menus&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Modules&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;). Select if you want inline editing for modules and menu items (support may depend on your template).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Editor - CodeMirror&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - None&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Editor - TinyMCE&#039;&#039;). Select the default text editor for your site. Registered Users will be able to change their preference in their personal details if you allow that option.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{anchor|captcha}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default Captcha:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the default captcha for your site. You may need to enter required information in the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;S:MyLanguage/Chunk4x:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit_CAPTCHA_Group{{#translation:}}&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|captcha plugin]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Guest&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Special&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Customer Access Level (Example)&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;). Select the default access level for new content, menu items, and other items created on your site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{anchor|defaultlistlimit}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;25&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;30&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;50&#039;&#039;/...). Sets the default length of lists in the Control Panel for all users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;25&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;30&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;50&#039;&#039;/...). Select the number of content items to show in the feed(s).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No Email&#039;&#039;). The RSS and Atom newsfeeds include the author&#039;s email address. Select Author Email to use each author&#039;s email (from the User Manager) in the news feed. Select Site Email to include the site &#039;Mail from&#039; email address for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Block FLoC&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Whether or not to support the FLoC method of user tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|robots}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a description of the overall website that is to be used by search engines. Generally, a maximum of 20 words is optimal.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Robots:&#039;&#039;&#039; Robots instructions.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:162--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
index, follow: Index this page and follow the links on this page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:163--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
noindex, follow: Do not index this page, but still follow the links on the page. For example, you might do this for a site map page where you want the links to be indexed but you don&#039;t want this page to show in search engines.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:164--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
index, nofollow: Index this page, but do not follow any links on the page. For example, you might want to do this for an events calendar, where you want the page to show in search engines but you do not want to index each event.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
noindex, nofollow: Do not index this page or follow any links on the page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights:&#039;&#039;&#039; Describe what rights others have to use this content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Show the author meta tag when viewing articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Joomla! Version:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Show the Joomla! version number in the generator meta tag.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select if the URLs are optimised for Search Engines.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Use URL Rewriting:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select to use a server&#039;s rewrite engine to catch URLs that meet specific conditions and rewrite them as directed. Available for IIS 7 and Apache. &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;Apache users only!&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Rename htaccess.txt to .htaccess before activating. &amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;IIS 7 users only!&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Rename web.config.txt to web.config and install IIS URL Rewrite Module before activating.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Suffix to URL:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). If yes, the system will add a suffix to the URL based on the document type.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode Aliases:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Choose between transliteration and unicode aliases. Transliteration is the default.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name in Page Titles:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;After&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Before&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Begin or end all Page Titles with the site name (for example, My Site Name - My Article Name).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain:&#039;&#039;&#039; Domain to use when setting session cookies. Precede domain with &#039;.&#039; if cookie should be valid for all subdomains.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path:&#039;&#039;&#039; Path the cookie should be valid for.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===System Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_System/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;System Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). If enabled, diagnostic information, language translation, and SQL errors (if present) will be displayed. The information will be displayed at the foot of every page you view within the Joomla Backend and Frontend. It is not advisable to leave the debug mode activated when running a live website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select if the debugging indicators (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;**...**&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) or (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;??...??&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) for the Joomla! Language files will be displayed. Debug Language will work without Debug System being activated, but you will not get the additional detailed references that will help you correct any errors.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;System Cache:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;OFF - Caching disabled&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;ON - Conservative caching&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;ON - Progressive caching&#039;&#039;). Enable or disable caching and set caching level. Conservative level: smaller system cache, Progressive level (default): faster, bigger system cache, includes module renderers cache. Not appropriate for extremely large sites.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;File&#039;&#039;). Choose the cache handler. Native caching mechanism is file-based. Please make sure the cache folders are writable.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Platform Specific Caching:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Enable or disable platform specific caching. Enable when HTML output on mobile differs from other devices. (Default disabled.)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum length of time in minutes for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Cache Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039; Specify a writable folder to store cache files if you do not wish to use the default folder.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;File System&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Others&#039;&#039;). The mechanism by which Joomla! identifies a User once they are connected to the website using non-persistent cookies. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:129--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**  The database session handler is the default handler because it is the only one that Joomla can fully configure and control on its own.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** The filesystem handler will be slightly more performant than the database handler, but it requires PHP to be configured properly otherwise it will crash and Joomla will be totally unusable. To use it, select &#039;&#039;&#039;Filesystem&#039;&#039;&#039; and then enter a full filesystem path in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Save Path&#039;&#039;&#039; field that appears. Ensure the path has appropriate permissions for PHP to read and write files, and if session garbage collection is enabled to delete files from it. If this path is not set, Joomla will rely on the PHP session.save_path INI configuration or fallback to the system temporary directory (as defined by the sys_get_temp_dir() PHP function). If neither of those paths are configured or the permissions are wrong then it&#039;s game over. To recover, edit the configuration.php file and set $session_handler = &#039;database&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Other handlers (APCu, Memcached, Redis, and WinCache) all rely on optional PHP extensions and may be available if your system supports them. APCu or WinCache may be no better than the &amp;quot;plain&amp;quot; filesystem option. The Memcached and Redis handlers are overkill for Joomla in a typical shared hosting environment. Those types of handlers succeed if you are deploying Joomla in a load balanced environment where multiple servers are involved and you need the session data for the application to be available across all servers.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime:&#039;&#039;&#039; Auto log out a User after they have been inactive for the entered number of minutes. Do not set too high.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|sharedsessions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Shared Sessions:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). When enabled, a user&#039;s session is shared between the frontend and administrator sections of the site. Note that changing this value will invalidate all existing sessions on the site. This is not available when the &amp;quot;Force HTTPS&amp;quot; option is set to &amp;quot;Administrator Only&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Server Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_Server/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please specify a writable folder to store temporary files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Gzip Page Compression:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Compress buffered output if supported.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting.&#039;&#039;&#039; This parameter sets the level of error reporting to be used by PHP on the Joomla site. It has five options: System Default, None, Simple, Maximum and Development. “System Default” leaves the level of PHP error reporting to that set up in the server (usually in the &#039;&#039;php.ini&#039;&#039; file). “None” switches off PHP error reporting, and “Simple”, “Maximum” and “Development” override the server setting to give a basic level of reporting (for “Simple”) and the reporting of all errors (“Maximum” and “Development”). &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; Should your Joomla site fail to the extent that it is not possible to use the administrator page to activate error reporting, you can switch on full PHP error reporting by editing the &#039;&#039;configuration.php&#039;&#039; file. Changing the &#039;&#039;$error_reporting&#039;&#039; parameter in that file to a value of &#039;maximum&#039; is the equivalent to setting Error Reporting to “Maximum”.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Force HTTPS:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;). Force site access in the selected areas to occur only with HTTPS (encrypted HTTP connections with the https:// protocol prefix) and also force the use of secure cookies. Note, you must have HTTPS enabled on your server to utilise this option.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Location Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Website Time Zone:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Universal Time, Coordinated (UTC)&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Abidjan&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Accra&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Addis Ababa&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Algiers&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Asmara&#039;&#039;/...). Choose a city in the list to configure the date and time for display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Webservices Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable CORS:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Enable Cross-Origin Resource Sharing ([https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS CORS])&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Proxy Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Behind Load Balancer.&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Outbound Proxy:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Enable Joomla to use a proxy which is needed in some server environments in order to fetch URLs like in the Joomla Update component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Outbound Proxy Host.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Outbound Proxy Port.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Outbound Proxy Username.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Outbound Proxy Password.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;MySQL (PDO)&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;MySQLi&#039;&#039;). The type of database in use, selected during the installation process. Do not edit this field unless you are migrating to a different type of database, perhaps due to changing your hosting provider.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Host:&#039;&#039;&#039; The hostname for your database entered during the installation process. Do not edit this field unless absolutely necessary (eg the transfer of the database to a new hosting provider).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username:&#039;&#039;&#039; The username for access to your database entered during the installation process. Do not edit this field unless absolutely necessary (eg the transfer of the database to a new hosting provider).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Password:&#039;&#039;&#039; The password to be used to access the database. Do not edit this field unless absolutely necessary (eg. after the transfer of the database to a new hosting provider).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; The name for your database entered during the installation process. Do not edit this field unless absolutely necessary (eg the transfer of the database to a new hosting provider).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Database Tables Prefix:&#039;&#039;&#039; The prefix used for your database tables, created during the installation process. Do not edit field unless absolutely necessary (eg the transfer of the database to a new hosting provider).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:152--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Connection Encryption:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Default&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;One-way Authentication&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Two-way Authentication&#039;&#039;)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Private Key File:&#039;&#039;&#039; File system location.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:154--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Certificate File:&#039;&#039;&#039; File system location.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:155--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Verify Server Certificate:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;) &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:156--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to CA File:&#039;&#039;&#039; File system path.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Supported Cipher Suite (optional):&#039;&#039;&#039; No entry required (only recommended for experienced users) – for more details, see the documentation of your database.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Mail:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select Yes to turn on mail sending, select No to turn off mail sending. Warning: It is recommended to put the site offline when disabling the mail function!&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable Mass Mail:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Select Yes to disable the Mass Mail Users function, select No to make it active.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;From Email:&#039;&#039;&#039; The email address that will be used to send site email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;From Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; Text displayed in the header &amp;quot;From:&amp;quot; field when sending a site email. Usually the site name.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reply To Email:&#039;&#039;&#039; The email address that will be used to receive end user(s) reply.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reply To Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; Text displayed in the header &amp;quot;To:&amp;quot; field when end user(s) replying to received email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;PHP Mail&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;SMTP&#039;&#039;). Select which mailer for the delivery of site email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Logging Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_Logging/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Logging Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Logging Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log Folder:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please specify a folder to store log files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Log Almost Everything:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Logs everything, except deprecated APIs.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Log Deprecated API:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;). Logs deprecated APIs.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Custom Logging Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Log Priorities:&#039;&#039;&#039; Can be used to manage custom logging. Select the events you want to see in the log file. Default is &amp;quot;All&amp;quot;. The item(s) can be selected/deselected by clicking the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Log Categories:&#039;&#039;&#039; A comma separated list of log categories to include or exclude. Common log categories include but are not limited to: database, databasequery, database-error, deprecated and jerror. If empty, custom logging is disabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Log Category Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Include&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Exclude&#039;&#039;). Sets the mode for the list of log categories above.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Text Filters Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_Text_Filters/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Text Filters Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These text filter settings will be applied to all text editor fields submitted by users in the selected groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These filtering options give more control over the HTML your content providers submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you require to suit your site&#039;s needs. The filtering is opt-in and the default settings provide good protection against markup commonly associated with website attacks.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|permissions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a complete image of the &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration_Permissions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Permissions Tab&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to look at if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Permissions Panel==== &amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Manage the permission settings for the user groups below. See notes at the bottom.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Login:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Site Login for users in the selected group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Login:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Administrator Login for users in the selected group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:161--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services Login:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Web Services Login for users in the selected group.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Access:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Offline Access for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to access to the Frontend site when site is offline.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Super User:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Super User for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to perform any action over the whole site regardless of any other permission settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:107--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Configure Options Only for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to edit the options except the permissions of any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:108--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Access Administration Interface for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to access all of the administration interface except Global Configuration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:109--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Create for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to create any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:110--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Delete for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to delete any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:111--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Edit for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to edit any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:112--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Edit State for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to edit the state of any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:113--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allow or deny Edit Own for users in the Public group. Allows users in the group to edit any content they own in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:114--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Custom Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Not Set&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Denied&#039;&#039;). Allows users in the group to edit any value of custom fields submitted in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:115--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:116--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:117--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:118--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:119--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:120--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:121--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:122--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:124--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla-root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Site_Control_Panel/en|Control panel]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial/en|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Global Configuration Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Redirects:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927807</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Redirects: New or Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Redirects:_New_or_Edit&amp;diff=927807"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new redirect or edit an existing one. The URL you want to redirect from must not be a working one on your website which actually loads a web page. It can be the URL to a web page which you have disabled in the Joomla! back-end administrator interface. The Source URL you specify when you create the redirect should be the full URL as you would type it in your web browser. The Destination URL you specify when you create a redirect must be the full URL as well.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Redirects}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** To create a new redirect click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** To edit an existing redirect click its link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Expired URL&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Redirect-Manager-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit/New Link #1&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Redirect Expired URL/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Redirect New URL/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Comment/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Created Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Last Updated Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Function== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to Create a Redirect=== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# First ensure that you have enabled the option &#039;&#039;Use URL Rewriting&#039;&#039; in the Global Configuration options of your Joomla! installation. Note that just enabling the &#039;&#039;Use URL Rewriting&#039;&#039; option is not enough. You must also take the additional step of renaming the htaccess.txt file in the web server directory where you installed Joomla! to .htaccess or to whatever file name your Apache web server requires for additional configuration directives. In the Apache configuration file this setting is named &#039;AccessFileName&#039; and by default this is set to &#039;.htaccess&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Next open the [[Help40:Components_Redirect_Manager/en|Redirect: Links]] screen and click the &#039;New&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# In the screen that appears, enter the redirect information. When entering URLs into the &#039;&#039;Expired URL&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;New URL&#039;&#039; fields, enter the complete URL as you would type it into your web browser to view it. The &#039;&#039;Expired URL&#039;&#039; should be a URL that does not resolve to any valid web page on your website. You can specify a source URL for a Joomla! web page that you have put into a disabled state in the administrator back-end. Ensure the &#039;&#039;State&#039;&#039; option is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the &#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button to save your new redirect and put it into effect.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When entering URLs into the &#039;&#039;Expired/Source URL&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;New/Destination URL&#039;&#039; fields, enter the complete URL as you would type it into your web browser to view the web page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Redirect Manager|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Redirects:_Links&amp;diff=927806</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Redirects: Links</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Redirects:_Links&amp;diff=927806"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:41:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:184--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This component is used for redirecting URLs for web pages that no longer exist on your website to web pages that are working. The URL you want to redirect from must not be a working one on your website which actually loads a web page. It can be the URL to a web page which you have disabled. The &#039;&#039;Expired URL&#039;&#039; you specify when you create the redirect should be the full URL as you would type it in your web browser. The component will only display the last portion of the source URL in the redirect listing. The &#039;&#039;New URL&#039;&#039; you specify when you create a redirect must be the full URL as well. You must have the &#039;&#039;Use URL Rewriting&#039;&#039; option enabled in your Joomla! installation &#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039; options in order for the redirects you create to function. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:187--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Manage panel,Redirects}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Redirect-Manager-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Expired URL.&#039;&#039;&#039; The URL which is being redirected on your website. Only the web page portion of the URL is displayed in this listing.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New URL.&#039;&#039;&#039; The destination URL for the redirect.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Referring Page.&#039;&#039;&#039; The referring web page for the redirect.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Created_Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header 404hits/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status Code/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Status&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*HTTP Status code&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Processing== &amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Below the listing of redirects, is a section named &#039;Batch update new URL(s)&#039;. This function allows you to change the &#039;New URL&#039; for the selected redirects.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Redirect-Manager-batch_update-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;New URL.&#039;&#039;&#039; The destination URL to set for the selected redirects.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment.&#039;&#039;&#039; The comment to set for the selected redirects.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Update Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Updates all selected redirects with the specified &#039;&#039;New URL&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Comment&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Enable/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Disable/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Empty_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_BulkImport/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_PurgeDisabled/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options== &amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click the [[Help40:Redirect:_Options/en|Options]] button screen to configure this component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In order for your redirects to work, you must enable the option &#039;&#039;&#039;Use URL Rewriting&#039;&#039;&#039; in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; options of your Joomla! installation. Note also that just enabling the &#039;Use URL Rewriting&#039; option is not enough. You must take the additional step of renaming the &#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039; file in the web site directory where you installed Joomla! to &#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039; or to whatever file name your Apache web server requires for additional configuration directives. In the Apache configuration file this setting is named &#039;AccessFileName&#039; and by default this is set to &#039;.htaccess&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Redirect Manager|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages:_Write&amp;diff=927805</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Private Messages: Write</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages:_Write&amp;diff=927805"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:37:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen lets you write and send private messages to others with the correct [[Help40:Users:_Groups/en|User Group]] permissions.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Messaging,Private Messages,+}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Messaging,Private Messages}} and click the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; icon in the Private Messages screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Messaging-Write-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Recipient.&#039;&#039;&#039; The recipient of the message. Click on the &amp;quot;Select User&amp;quot; button to open the pop-up, and then, from the list of names, select the user to whom you wish to send the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; The subject of the message. Just like the subject of an email, it helps if this is a short description of the message body.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Message.&#039;&#039;&#039; The body text of the message. Just like the body text of an email, it helps if the message is meaningful and kept relatively short.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sends the message. Note that the Recipient, Subject and Message fields cannot be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about Inbox messages: [[Help40:Private_Messages/en|Private messages - Inbox]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about Reading messages: [[Help40:Private_Messages:_Read/en|Private messages - Read]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0| Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages:_Read&amp;diff=927804</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Private Messages: Read</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages:_Read&amp;diff=927804"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:37:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to view and reply to a single private message only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Users,Messaging,Private Messages}} from the Administrator menu. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Or select the icon in the title bar of the Administrator pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Messaging-Read-mymessages-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Next, click on a Message Subject link to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Private Messages: View&#039;&#039;&#039; screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Messaging-Read-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;From.&#039;&#039;&#039; The sender of the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Posted.&#039;&#039;&#039; The date and time the message was sent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; The subject of the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Message.&#039;&#039;&#039; The body of the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Reply&#039;&#039;&#039;. Creates a new message as a reply to the current message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Only users who are members of the &amp;quot;Super Users&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Administrator&amp;quot; groups have access to this screen, unless [[Help40:Users_Groups/en|User Group]] permissions have been altered for this component via Options at the [[Help40:Private_Messages/en|Private Messages - Inbox]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about Inbox messages: [[Help40:Private_Messages/en|Private Messages - Inbox]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about writing messages: [[Help40:Private_Messages:_Write/en|Private Messages - Write]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages&amp;diff=927803</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Private Messages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Private_Messages&amp;diff=927803"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:37:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Private Messaging screen allows you to send messages to other Back-end Joomla! users who have permission to send and receive messages. You may read, write, send, and delete messages here. In addition, you may also manage message settings and grouping options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Users,Messaging,Private Messages}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Messaging-Inbox-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox.&#039;&#039;&#039; The item selection checkbox. Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Mark As Read, Mark As Unread and Trash, can work with multiple items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; The subject line of the message. Click this to open the message for viewing. This takes you to the [[Help40:Private_Messages:_Read/en|View Message]] screen where you view, reply to, or delete the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Read.&#039;&#039;&#039; A green tick indicates that the message has been read. A red donut indicates that it has not been read.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;From.&#039;&#039;&#039; The user who sent the message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; The date and time the message was sent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select State.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use the drop-down list box to select: Read, Unread or Trashed. Only messages with this state will show on the list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; message&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Mark As Read&#039;&#039;&#039;. Marks the selected messages as Read.  Select messages by checking the message&#039;s checkbox.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Mark As Unread&#039;&#039;&#039;. Marks the selected messages as Unread.  Select messages by checking the message&#039;s checkbox.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;My Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens a new window that allows you to change messaging settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     [[Image:Help-4x-Components-Messaging-My-Settings-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Only users who are members of the &amp;quot;Super Users&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Administrator&amp;quot; groups have access to this screen, unless [[Help40:Users_Groups/en|User Group]] permissions have been altered for this component via Options on the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*You are able to restore Messages previously sent to the Trash by finding the Select State filter drop-down and selecting &amp;quot;Trash&amp;quot; from the list. Finally, to restore the message, simply select the messages you want to restore using the checkbox next to the particular message you require and click the &amp;quot;Mark As Unread&amp;quot; button in the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about writing messages:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Help40:Private_Messages:_Write/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; Private messages - Write&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Further information about reading messages:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Help40:Private_Messages:_Read/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; Private messages - Read&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy_Dashboard&amp;diff=927802</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy Dashboard</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy_Dashboard&amp;diff=927802"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; This screen lists User Privacy Request Type, Status and Number of requests.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tutorials&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Components Privacy Outline/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Privacy Outline - Content and Workflow&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; [[J3.x:Privacy/en|The Privacy Tool Suite]] &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; [[J3.x:Information_Request_Workflow_in_Privacy_Component/en|Information Request Workflow]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy Dashboard icon}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-component-privacy-dashboard-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashboard Panels== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Requests=== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Request Type.&#039;&#039; Displays the two different types of request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; Export: when a user has sent a request for an export of their data&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; Remove: when a user has sent a request to be removed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Status.&#039;&#039; Displays the status of the request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; Invalid: a Super user has invalidated the request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; Pending: when a user has sent a request but hasn&#039;t confirmed their request yet. Users have 2 ways to confirm: by visiting the URL mentioned in the email sent to the user or by copying the token from the email and paste it into the form in the given URL. The token is valid for 24 hours.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; Confirmed: the user has confirmed their request.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; Completed: a Super user has completed the request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;# of requests.&#039;&#039; Displays the number of requests for each type{{-}}This block displays also the total number of requests and the number of active requests&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Status=== &amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Privacy Policy Published.&#039;&#039;(Published/Unpublished) Whether the Privacy Policy is published or unpublished. Navigate to Plugins{{rarr}}System - Privacy Consent, and select your Privacy Article. Once published, you can edit your Privacy Policy article from this screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Request Form Menu Item Published.&#039;&#039; (Published/Unpublished) Whether the Menu Item (which allows users to send requests) is published or unpublished. To create it, navigate to your Menu{{rarr}}Add New Menu Item{{rarr}}Menu Item Type: Create Request. Once published, you can edit your menu item from this screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Outstanding Urgent Requests.&#039;&#039; Number of urgent requests which are older than the number of days set in the Component Options (from 10 to 29 days).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; *Click on a Request Type to view the requests.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; [[J3.x:Privacy/en|The Privacy Tool Suite]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Review_Information_Request&amp;diff=927801</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy: Review Information Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Review_Information_Request&amp;diff=927801"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; In this screen you have the ability to review an information request and the related action log.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tutorials&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Components Privacy Outline/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Privacy Outline - Content and Workflow&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en|The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Information_Request_Workflow_in_Privacy_Component/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en|Information Request Workflow&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy,Requests}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Select the email address of the request you want to review to open it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-component-privacy-review-information-request-new-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Request Information.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039; The email address of the individual owning the information being requested&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Status.&#039;&#039; The status of the information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
***&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; Invalid. The information request has been invalidated by a Super User&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; Pending. The user hasn&#039;t yet confirmed their information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; Confirmed. The user has confirmed their information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; Completed. The information request has been completed by a Super User&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Request Type.&#039;&#039; Export or Remove&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Date Requested.&#039;&#039; Date and time when the information request has been created&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Action Log.&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Action/Date/Name&#039;&#039;) All actions performed related to the individual owning the information being requested.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Marks the request as Complete and removes Action buttons from the item in the Requests list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Invalidate.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows a Super user to mark an information request as &#039;&#039;&#039;Invalid&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Note: This button is displayed only for information requests with the status Pending&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Data&#039;&#039;&#039; For Remove requests only. Anonymises personal data in compatible components.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Export Data.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Export requests only. Downloads the data in XML format for your inspections.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Export Data.&#039;&#039;&#039; For Export requests only. Sends export data to the data Subject in XML format.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; en|The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_New_Information_Request&amp;diff=927800</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy: New Information Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_New_Information_Request&amp;diff=927800"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to create a new information request.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy,Requests}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the Toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-component-privacy-information-request-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the email address of the individual owning the information being requested&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Request Status.&#039;&#039;&#039; The status of the information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Request Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;Export&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;Remove&#039;&#039;) The type of the information request.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en|The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Information_Requests&amp;diff=927799</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy: Information Requests</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Information_Requests&amp;diff=927799"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen lists Privacy Information Requests received, selectable for viewing. It can be used also to create new requests.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tutorials&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Components Privacy Outline/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en|Privacy Outline - Content and Workflow&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en| The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Information_Request_Workflow_in_Privacy_Component/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en|Information Request Workflow&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Detailed Tutorial from Joomla 3)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy,Requests}} in the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-component-privacy-information-requests-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the Privacy Information Requests from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Actions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**For Export Requests: send automatically by email the export data or download them&lt;br /&gt;
**For Removal Requests: click on the cross to remove the user. Their data will be anonymised&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Invalid.&#039;&#039;&#039; The information request has been invalidated by a Super User&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Pending.&#039;&#039;&#039; The user hasn&#039;t yet confirmed their information request&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Confirmed.&#039;&#039;&#039; The user has confirmed their information request&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Completed.&#039;&#039;&#039; The information request has been completed by a Super User&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email of the user who sent the information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Request Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; 2 types of information requests: asking for a Data Export or to be removed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Requested.&#039;&#039;&#039; When the information request has been sent&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a unique identification number for the information request assigned automatically by Joomla. It is used to identify the item internally, and you cannot change this number.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filter_bar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen filters Search Bar Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired status (&#039;&#039;Invalid&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Pending&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Confirmed&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;Completed&#039;&#039;) to limit the list based on the status of the requests&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Request Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired request type (&#039;&#039;Remove&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;Export&#039;&#039;) to limit the list based on the request type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Email address to view the information request&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Extension_Capabilities&amp;diff=927798</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy: Extension Capabilities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Extension_Capabilities&amp;diff=927798"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays the information collected from extensions which report their privacy related capabilities.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy,Capabilities}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4.x-component-privacy-information-requests-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; en|The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Report_Extension_Capabilities_in_Privacy_Component/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; en|Report Extension Capabilities&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Consents&amp;diff=927797</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Privacy: Consents</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Privacy:_Consents&amp;diff=927797"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen provides a sortable list of privacy policy consents.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Users,Privacy,Consents}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-component-privacy-consents-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Username.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;User ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; The ID of the user who consented to the Privacy Policy&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Consent to the Privacy Policy&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Body.&#039;&#039;&#039; Displays information about the user information stored and consented (User&#039;s IP, browser used ...)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Created.&#039;&#039;&#039; Indicates when the consent has been given by the user&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a unique identification number for the privacy consent assigned automatically by Joomla. It is used to identify the item internally, and you cannot change this number.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Invalid Consent.&#039;&#039;&#039; Activated when an item is selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[J3.x:Privacy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; en|The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens|Privacy Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Post-installation_Messages_for_Joomla_CMS&amp;diff=927796</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Post-installation Messages for Joomla CMS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Post-installation_Messages_for_Joomla_CMS&amp;diff=927796"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Post-installation Messages shows a variety of messages useful to the site Administrator.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Post-installation Messages&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in any Administrator list screen Title bar. The icon is disabled in Edit screens.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:help-4x-configuration-post-installation-messages-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Showing messages for.&#039;&#039;&#039; Joomla CMS is the only option at the moment.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Messages== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of message panels, each with a &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Hide this message&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; button to select when you no longer wish to see a message. A hidden message can be restored - see the Toolbar section below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Stats Collection in Joomla.&#039;&#039;&#039; Information on how Statistics on your site are used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to Joomla!&#039;&#039;&#039; Some resources you may find helpful.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Two Factor Authentication is Available.&#039;&#039;&#039; Information on enhanced security.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Release News== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Release News.&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of Stable and Beta releases.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hide All Messages.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; Select this button to hide the messages in the left panel. The messages are replaced by a box that says &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;You have read all the messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. There is a &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Reset Messages&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; button that restores the unread messages, including the individually hidden messages.&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|4.0|Post Install Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Plugins:_Name_of_Plugin&amp;diff=927795</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Plugins: Name of Plugin</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Plugins:_Name_of_Plugin&amp;diff=927795"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Plugin screen allows you to edit the details and options of a plugin. Common options for all plugins are located in the right hand part of the Plugin Tab and described below. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:484--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Plugins by Group:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Action Log Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:508--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:485--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Action Log Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (1 Plugin)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit API Authentication Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:507--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:486--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;API Authentication Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (2 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Authentication Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:509--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:487--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Authentication Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (3 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Behaviour Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:510--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:488--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Behaviour Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (2 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit CAPTCHA Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:511--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:489--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CAPTCHA Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. (2 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Content Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:512--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:490--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Content Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (1 Plugin)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Editor Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:513--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:491--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Editors Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (3 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Button Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:514--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:492--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Editor Button Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (8 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Extension Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:515--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:493--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (3 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Fields Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:516--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:494--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fields Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (6 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit FileSystem Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:517--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:495--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;FileSystem Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (1 Plugin)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Smart Search Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:518--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:496--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Finder Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (5 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Installer Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:519--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:497--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Installer Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (5 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Media Action Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:520--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:498--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Media Action Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (3 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Privacy Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:521--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:499--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Privacy Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (6 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Quick Icon Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:522--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:500--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick Icon Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (6 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Sample Data Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:523--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:501--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sample Data Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (2 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit System Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:524--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:502--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;System Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (22 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Two Factor Authentication Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:525--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:503--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Two Factor Authentication Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (2 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit User Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:526--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:504--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (5 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Web Services Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:527--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:505--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (5 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chunk4x:Extensions Plugin Manager Edit Workflow Group/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:528--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:506--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workflow Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; (3 Plugins)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:481--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The complete list of plugin groups above is available in one long document:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Chunk4x:List_of_Plugins/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:482--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:483--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;List of Plugins&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:529--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from the Administrator menu:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:530--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Plugins}}. Or..&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:531--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Manage panel,Plugins}}. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:532--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Plugin&#039;s Name in the list of plugins.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Plugin-Manager-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plugin Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:472--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:473--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the plugin has configurable options they will appear here. The example shown in the Screenshot is the &#039;&#039;Content - Confirm Consent&#039;&#039; plugin which has several configurable parameters which change as options are selected. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:474--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The right panel is the same for all plugins and has the following fields:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the item is enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Which user &#039;access levels&#039; have access to this item. You can change an item&#039;s Access Level by clicking on its name to open it up for editing. The default user &#039;access levels&#039; which come preconfigured with Joomla! are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Public: Everyone has access including website visitors who have not logged in&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Registered: Only users with registered status or higher will have access&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Special: Only users with author status or higher have access&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering.&#039;&#039;&#039; A drop-down list of plugins of the same Type. The list of plugins is arranged by their current order. You can change this plugin&#039;s order in relation to the other plugins by selecting the plugin in the drop-down list that you want this plugin to be ordered below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Plugin Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Type of the Plugin. This value cannot be changed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Plugin File.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the Plugin file. Each Plugin has two files with this name. One has the file extension &#039;.php&#039; and the other has the file extension &#039;.xml&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; The description of what this Plugin does. This cannot be changed. The developer of the plugin specifies this. This may be blank if the developer did not specify a description for the plugin.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:475--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; plugin&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; plugin&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:476--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:477--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:466--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:467--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are using the TinyMCE editor, you can control which options appear on the editor&#039;s toolbar by setting the parameters in the &amp;quot;Editor - TinyMCE&amp;quot; plugin.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:468--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Configurable plug-in settings are referred to as &#039;options&#039;. In previous versions of Joomla! these configurable settings were referred to as &#039;parameters&#039;. You may see the terms &#039;options&#039; and &#039;parameters&#039; used interchangeably in help documentation and tutorials you encounter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:469--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:470--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To install new Plugin Extensions: [[Help40:Extensions:_Install/en|Extension Manager - Install Screen]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:471--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To uninstall third-party Plugins: [[Help40:Extensions:_Manage/en|Extension Manager - Manage]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Plugin Manager Help Screens|Extensions Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Plugins&amp;diff=927794</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Plugins</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Plugins&amp;diff=927794"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Plugin Manager allows you to enable and disable Joomla! plugins and to edit a plugin&#039;s details and options. It is also useful for quickly enabling/disabling multiple plugins at once.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage panel,Plugins}} from the Administrator menu. or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Home Dashboard,Site panel,Plugins}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Plugin-Manager-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Enabled module/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Plugin_Name/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Type of the plug-in. Some possible types are: authentication, content, editors, editors-xtd, search, system, and user. These are also the names of the website sub-directories where the plugin files are located. For example, plugins with a type of &#039;authentication&#039; are located in the website directory &#039;plugins/authentication&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Element.&#039;&#039;&#039; The plug-in directory name which contains the plugin&#039;s files. This directory will be located in the directory which corresponds to its type. For example, the &#039;Authentication - Joomla&#039; plugin is of type &#039;Authentication&#039; and element &#039;joomla&#039;. So the website directory it is located in is &#039;plugins/authentication/joomla&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Which user &#039;access levels&#039; have access to this item. You can change an item&#039;s Access Level by clicking on its name to open it up for editing. The default user &#039;access levels&#039; which come preconfigured with Joomla! are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Public: Everyone has access including website visitors who have not logged in&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Registered: Only users with registered status or higher will have access&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Special: Only users with author status or higher have access&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The list of plugins which appears on this screen may be very large. You can use one of the available filters or any combination of them to limit the number of plug-ins displayed to just the plug-ins which match your filter parameters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Status.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select a status (Enabled or Disabled) from the drop-down list box to show only plugins with the selected status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select a Type from the drop-down list box to show only plugins of the selected Type.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Element.&#039;&#039;&#039; A long list of elements, allowing a precise selection.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the &#039;Access Level&#039; from the drop-down list box to only show plugins accessible by uses of the selected &#039;Access Level&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Section &amp;quot;Toolbar&amp;quot; needs a correction (see talk page) --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Enable/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; plugin&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; You may also toggle between Enabled and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the &#039;Status&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Disable/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; plugins&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt; You may also toggle between Enabled and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the &#039;Status&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; plugins&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To enable or disable a group of Plugins, check the check box for each desired Plugin and then click the Enable or Disable toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Starting with Joomla! 1.6, configurable plugin settings are referred to as &#039;options&#039;. In previous versions of Joomla! these configurable settings were referred to as &#039;parameters&#039;. You may see the terms &#039;options&#039; and &#039;parameters&#039; used interchangeably in help documentation and tutorials you encounter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To change the Details or Options for a Plugin: [[Help40:Plugins:_Name_of_Plugin/en|Plugin Manager - Edit]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To install Plugins: [[Help40:Extensions:_Install/en|Extension Manager - Install]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To uninstall Plugins: [[Help40:Extensions:_Manage/en|Extension Manager - Manage]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Plugin Manager Help Screens|Extensions Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_User&amp;diff=927793</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Permissions for User</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_User&amp;diff=927793"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:36:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The User Permissions report shows a map of the exact permissions for any given user across all extensions on your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Users,Manage}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Permissions&#039;&#039;&#039; column for a specific user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-permissions-for-user-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as we know it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as known internally.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Frontend site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Backend Administrator site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access the Frontend site when site is offline.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Super User.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to perform any action over the whole site regardless of any other perrmission settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the options (except permissions) of any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access all of the administration interface except Global Configuration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to create any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to delete any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the state of any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content they own in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Custom Field Value.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any value of custom fields submitted in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;LFT.&#039;&#039;&#039; The left and right values in the hierarchy. See [[Using_nested_sets|Using nested sets]] in English.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filter_bar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the asset name and press the Search icon to find matching assets. Press Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of assets.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;. Filter by any installed component in Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Start Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. Start level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;End Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. End level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Legend== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom you will see the legend:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Help-Permissions-Report-Legend-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Not Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action not allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Forbidden&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action forbidden.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help40:Site_Global_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Global Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Edit_Category&amp;diff=927792</id>
		<title>Help4.x:News Feeds: Edit Category</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Edit_Category&amp;diff=927792"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The News Feeds Edit/New Category screen allows administrators to create or edit News Feed Categories for better organisation of multiple News Feeds.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;You must have at least one category before you can create any News Feeds!&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,News Feeds,Categories}} from the Administrator menu. Then ...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; Toolbar button to create a new category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Select a title link in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column to edit an existing category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Categories-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Name of the News Feed. This field is required.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Add Category Details/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Add Category Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Publishing Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows Publishing Options parameters for this Category, as shown below when tab is clicked: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help-4x-Categories-Edit-screen-publish-options-tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The grayed out fields are for information only and may not be edited.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; Date the item(Article, Category, Weblink, etc.) was created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Created by.&#039;&#039;&#039; Optional, choose from a popup window of users. Select User by clicking on the user&#039;s name. Defaults to user creating new category if left blank.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modified Date.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(Informative only)&#039;&#039; Date of last modification.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Modified By.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(Informative only)&#039;&#039; Username who performed the last modification.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Hits.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of hits on a Category view.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; The unique ID number automatically assigned to this item by Joomla!. This number cannot be changed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Meta Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; An optional paragraph to be used as the description of the page in the HTML output. This will generally display in the results of search engines. If entered, this creates an HTML meta element with a name attribute of &amp;quot;description&amp;quot; and a content attribute equal to the entered text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Meta Keywords.&#039;&#039;&#039; Optional entry for keywords. Must be entered separated by commas (for example, &amp;quot;cats, dogs, pets&amp;quot;) and may be entered in upper or lower case. (For example, &amp;quot;CATS&amp;quot; will match &amp;quot;cats&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Cats&amp;quot;). Keywords can be used in several ways:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**To help Search Engines and other systems classify the content of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**In combination with Banner tags, to display specific Banners based on the Article content. For example, say you have one Banner with an ad for dog products and another Banner for cat products. You can have your dog Banner display when a User is viewing a dog-related Article and your cat Banner display for a cat-related Article. To do this, you would:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***Add the keywords &#039;dog&#039; and &#039;cat&#039; to the appropriate Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***Add the Tags &#039;dog&#039; and &#039;cat&#039; to the appropriate Banners in the [[Help40:Banners:_Edit/en|Banner Manager New/Edit]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***Set the Banner module Parameter &#039;Search By Tags&#039; to &#039;Yes in the [[Help40:Site_Modules:_Banners/en|Banner Module Edit]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**For articles only, in combination with the [[Help40:Site_Modules:_Articles_-_Related/en|Related Articles]] module, to display Articles that share at least one keyword in common. For example, if the current Article displayed has the keywords &amp;quot;cats, dogs, monkeys&amp;quot;, any other Articles with at least one of these keywords will show in the Related Articles module.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Author.&#039;&#039;&#039; Optional entry for an Author name within the metadata. If entered, this creates an HTML meta element with the name attribute of &amp;quot;author&amp;quot; and the content attribute as entered here.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Robots.&#039;&#039;&#039; The instructions for web &amp;quot;robots&amp;quot; that browse to this page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Use Global&#039;&#039;: Use the value set in the Component→Options for this component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Index, Follow&#039;&#039;: Index this page and follow the links on this page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;No index, Follow&#039;&#039;: Do not index this page, but still follow the links on the page. For example, you might do this for a site map page where you want the links to be indexed but you don&#039;t want this page to show in search engines.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;Index, No follow&#039;&#039;: Index this page, but do not follow any links on the page. For example, you might want to do this for an events calendar, where you want the page to show in search engines but you do not want to index each event.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;No index, no follow&#039;&#039;: Do not index this page or follow any links on the page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Associations=== &amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This shows Associations for this Category, as shown below when tab is clicked: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help-4x-Categories-Edit-screen-associations-tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:colheader|Select Category For Associations/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions=== &amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for this category. The screen shows as follows.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help-4x-Categories-Edit-screen-permissions-tab-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Change_Permissions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To work with News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds/en|News Feeds]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|News Feed Manager Helps Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Edit&amp;diff=927791</id>
		<title>Help4.x:News Feeds: Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Edit&amp;diff=927791"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new News Feed or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Help40:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories/en|News Feed Category]] before you can create your first News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,News Feeds, Feeds}} from the Administrator menu. Then ...&lt;br /&gt;
**To add a new News Feed, select the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the toolbar. &lt;br /&gt;
**To edit an existing News Feed, select the News Feed&#039;s title link in the list &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Feeds-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Name of the News Feed. This field is required.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit News Feed Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Left Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; The link of this News Feed. This should normally begin with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;http://&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-editor-tinymce-advanced-module-article-image-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|center|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Insert&#039;&#039;&#039; drop-down list to add the following with a popup window:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Article.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Toggle Editor.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns on or off the editor&#039;s description box WYSIWYG features to show HTML markup.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tags/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:107--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Version Note/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:108--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:109--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Edit-tab-images-options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:110--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Images Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed First Image/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:111--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed First Image Float/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:112--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alt text/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:113--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Caption/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:114--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Second Image/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:115--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Second Image Float/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:116--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alt text/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:117--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Caption/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:118--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:119--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of articles from the news feed to display on the page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time.&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of minutes before the system checks for new content from the news feed source.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Language Direction.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the language for this feed reads from left to right or right to left.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Image/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:120--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Description/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:121--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Content/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:122--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Characters count/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Layout/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:124--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Display Order/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Publishing=== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Edit-tab-publishing-options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publishing Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Start Publishing/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Finish Publishing/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Enter Created Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:129--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Enter Created By/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Enter Created By Alias/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Modified Date/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Modified By/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Revision/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Description/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Keywords/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header External Reference/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Metadata Robots/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Content Help Screens Rights/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Hits/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Associations=== &amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Edit-tab-associations-options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Feed For Associations/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Versions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Associations/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*A News Feed category must be added &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; any News Feed can be created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To add or edit News Feed Categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_Categories/en|News Feeds: Categories]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|News Feed Manager Helps Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Categories&amp;diff=927790</id>
		<title>Help4.x:News Feeds: Categories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds:_Categories&amp;diff=927790"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feed Categories allow you to categorize different website feeds entering your site for better organization.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Components,News Feeds,Categories}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Categories-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed_Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Associations/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Tag/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Max Levels/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Rebuild/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt; category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To work with News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds/en|News Feeds]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add new News Feeds Categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|News Feeds: New or Edit Category]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|News Feed Manager Helps Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds&amp;diff=927789</id>
		<title>Help4.x:News Feeds</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:News_Feeds&amp;diff=927789"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The News Feed Manager screen allows you to add News Feeds from other sites to your Joomla! site. You can add links to these feeds for users by creating News Feed layouts in [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:129--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Components,News Feeds,Feeds}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Or select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feeds&#039;&#039;&#039; link from the [[Help40:News_Feeds:_Categories/en|News Feeds Manager - Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Newsfeeds-Feeds-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed_Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of articles included in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Cache_Time/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Association/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:109--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help screen filters Search Bar Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Category/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Tag/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Max Levels/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; news feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
:{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
:{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
:{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
:{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; news feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:124--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*You need to add at least one Category for news feeds &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; you add the first feed. Categories are added by clicking on &#039;News Feeds&#039;, and then on &#039;Categories&#039; in the &#039;Components&#039; menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To set News Feed Options: [[Help40:News_Feed:_Options/en|News Feed Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To create or Edit News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|News Feeds Manager - New/Edit]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To work with News Feed Categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_Categories/en|Category Manager (News Feeds)]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|News Feed Manager Helps Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations:_Edit&amp;diff=927788</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Multilingual Associations: Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations:_Edit&amp;diff=927788"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to add or edit associations between languages displayed on your multilingual Joomla! website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Components,Multilingual Associations}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; and a &#039;&#039;&#039;Language&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down lists. Then in the resulting list display:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Target language&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Not Associated column to create a new Association. Or...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
***Select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Target language&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Associated column to edit an existing Association.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Multilingual Associations edit screen shows the item content in source and destination side by side. Each is a scrollable window with the item options beneath the text edit area. The screenshot shown here does not extend down to show all of the options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Assocations-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details and Options== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article categories: [[Help40:Articles:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Articles Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact categories: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Contacts Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus, depending the Menu Item Type: [[Help40:Menus:_Items/en|Menu Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Newsfeeds Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Newsfeeds Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Images and Links Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Newsfeeds Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article categories: [[Help40:Articles:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact categories: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Contacts Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Newsfeeds Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Publishing Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article categories: [[Help40:Articles:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact categories: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Contacts Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Newsfeeds Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Newsfeeds Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Associations Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article categories: [[Help40:Articles:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact categories: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Contacts Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Newsfeeds Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Newsfeeds Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configure Edit Screen Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The screen depends on the selected item so go to:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles: [[Help40:Articles:_Edit/en|Articles Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article categories: [[Help40:Articles:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact categories: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Contacts Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds categories: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit_Category/en|Newsfeeds Categories Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous Information Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feeds: [[Help40:News_Feeds:_New_or_Edit/en|Newsfeeds Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts: [[Help40:Contacts:_New_or_Edit/en|Contacts Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt; *&#039;&#039;&#039;Save Reference:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the Reference and stays in the current screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save Target:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the Target and stays in the current screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Reference to Target:&#039;&#039;&#039; Copies all the fields to the target fields.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Associations|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt; Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt; Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help40:Multilingual_Associations:_Options/en|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt; Multilingual Associations: Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt; Default permissions used for all content in the Multilingual Associations Component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;diff=927787</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Multilingual Associations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;diff=927787"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:29:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Multilingual Associations Component is a tool that allows editing of associated items side-by-side without the need to go back and forth. For example, an article in English can be more easily translated into French with the original and translation side by side. And then select German to translate from English to German too. The component may be applied to other content types too, for example Contacts, Menus and News Feeds.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen is used to set up an Association between an item and installed site languages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Components,Multilingual Associations}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Associations-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the Associations table, the columns are listed below. Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Associations/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Not Associated/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Item Type/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Tools=== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter by Published State, Category and Viewing Access level=== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Published Status.&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you show only items with the selected published status. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-colheader-select-status-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;- Select Status -:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows items that are Published and Unpublished. Does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; show items that are Trashed or Archived.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Trashed:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows only items that are Trashed. &#039;&#039;Important Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; To permanently delete items:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Change the status of the items to Trashed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Change the Status filter to Trashed. At this point the trashed items will show and an icon called &amp;quot;Empty trash&amp;quot; will show in the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Select the desired trashed items and click on &amp;quot;Empty Trash&amp;quot; in the toolbar. The items will be permanently deleted.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublished:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows only items that are Unpublished.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Published:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows only items that are Published.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Archived:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows only items that are Archived.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;All:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Shows all items regardless of published status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you show only items assigned to a specific category. The list box will show the categories defined for your site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-colheader-select-category-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;- Select Category -:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Show items assigned to any category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your category&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Show items assigned only to this category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Viewing Access Level.&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you show only items that have a specified viewing access level. The list box will show the access levels defined for your site, similar to the example below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-colheader-select-access-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;- Select Access -:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Show items with any viewing access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;access level group&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Show items only with this viewing access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to selection of an Item Type and Language the toolbar at the top has four buttons. The first two disappear after selection:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Associations-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete All Associations.&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you delete all associations. After a question to confirm, all associations will be deleted.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Orphans.&#039;&#039;&#039; Lets you delete all orphans. After a question to confirm, all orphans will be deleted&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Associations|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt; Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help40:Multilingual_Associations:_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; Multilingual Associations: Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt; Used to add or edit associations between languages displayed on multilingual your Joomla! website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help40:Multilingual_Associations:_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; Multilingual Associations: Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; Default permissions used for all content in the Multilingual Associations Component&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; Components Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Modules&amp;diff=927786</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Modules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Modules&amp;diff=927786"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:28:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Modules list is where you add and edit Joomla! Modules. In Joomla!, Modules are used to display content and/or media around the main content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; Module Facts:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#All Joomla! websites require at least 1 Menu Module&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#All Other Module Types are Optional. (Examples: News, Banner, Latest News)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Every Menu is accompanied by a menu module. (Example mod_mainmenu)&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Multiple occurrences of similar module types are allowed and common.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Some Modules are linked to components. For example, each Menu Module is related to one Menu component. To define a Menu in Joomla!, you need to create the Menu and Menu Items using the Menus screens and then create the Module for the Menu using this screen. Other Modules, such as Custom HTML and Breadcrumbs, do not depend on any other content. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Joomla! installation has over 40 module types. Additional 3rd party modules can be obtained from the [http://extensions.joomla.org/ Joomla Extensions Directory].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Site Modules}} from the Administrator menu. Or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|System,Manage Panel,Administrator Modules}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Extensions-Module-Manager-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing Modules, the different columns are shown below. Click on a column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_column_header_Ordering/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Position/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Type/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pages/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site and Administrator filter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Selects either Site modules or Administrator modules.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Options&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select State/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Position/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Type/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; module&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Actions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; module&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; modules&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt; modules&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt; modules&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt; modules&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt; modules&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Duplicate/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; module&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Module Manager Help Screens|Extensions Help Screens}} &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mail_Template:_Edit&amp;diff=927785</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Mail Template: Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mail_Template:_Edit&amp;diff=927785"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:26:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Mail Template Edit form allows you to change the default text for the Subject, Body and/or HTML Body.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates panel,Mail Templates}} from the Administrator menu. Then...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the Title of the template you wish to edit. Select the language version you wish to edit from the pop-up list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Mail-Template-Edit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mail Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; This displays a string key if the adjacent Edit Subject toggle is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; the subject contains the default text for you to change. {SITENAME} is a placeholder that should not be changed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Body.&#039;&#039;&#039; Set the adjacent Edit Body toggle to see and edit the default plain text message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;HTML.&#039;&#039;&#039; Set the adjacent Edit HTML Body toggle to see and edit the default HTML message.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_top_descriptor/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|News Feed Manager Helps Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mail_Templates&amp;diff=927784</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Mail Templates</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mail_Templates&amp;diff=927784"/>
		<updated>2022-07-01T08:26:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Brian: +Category:Help screen 4.1; +Category:Help screen 4.2 using HotCat&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mail Templates are used to adjust the layout of various system email messages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|System,Templates panel,Mail Templates}} from the Administrator menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Mail-Templates-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing Mail Templates, these are the different columns:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Component.&#039;&#039;&#039; The component where this template is used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Flags in this column indicate languages for which a custom email template has been created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;No Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Flags in this column indicate languages for which a custom email template has not been created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief description of the template.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;ID.&#039;&#039;&#039; Template ID name. This is the template_id of the mail template&#039;s record in the #_mail_templates table in the database.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Search_Bar_Filter/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Component.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select from the list of components that may send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pagination=== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk4x:Help_screen_filters_Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Help screen 4.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Brian</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>